From a22e9524e85e4e3db0bfb08b1d377539ff96879b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "github-actions[bot]" Date: Tue, 10 Dec 2024 01:24:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] new build --- .../Configuration.h | 3700 +++++++++++++ .../Configuration_adv.h | 4681 +++++++++++++++++ last_nightly.json | 4 +- 3 files changed, 8383 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) create mode 100644 autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d/Configuration.h create mode 100644 autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d/Configuration.h b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b3c2ca --- /dev/null +++ b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,3700 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02010300 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated: + * + * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all + * + * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusa3d.com/calculator_3416/ + * + * Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * https://web.archive.org/web/20220907014303/sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * https://teachingtechyt.github.io/calibration.html + * + * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865 + */ + +// @section info + +// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) + +// @section machine + +// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CREALITY_V4 //ORIGINAL: #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB +#endif + +// @section serial + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT 1 //ORIGINAL: #define SERIAL_PORT 0 + +/** + * Serial Port Baud Rate + * This is the default communication speed for all serial ports. + * Set the baud rate defaults for additional serial ports below. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 115200 //ORIGINAL: #define BAUDRATE 250000 + +//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 +//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE + +/** + * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently supported for AVR, DUE, SAMD51, LPC1768/9, STM32/STM32F1/HC32, and Teensy 4.x + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1 +//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE + +/** + * Select a serial port to communicate with RS485 protocol + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] + */ +//#define RS485_SERIAL_PORT 1 +#ifdef RS485_SERIAL_PORT + //#define M485_PROTOCOL 1 // Check your host for protocol compatibility + //#define RS485_BUS_BUFFER_SIZE 128 +#endif + +// Enable CAN bus support and protocol +//#define CAN_MASTER + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-3 Max Neo" //ORIGINAL: //#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" + +// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. +// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section stepper drivers + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, + * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, + * TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, + * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE //ORIGINAL: #define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE //ORIGINAL: #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE //ORIGINAL: #define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define J_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define K_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE //ORIGINAL: #define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +/** + * Additional Axis Settings + * + * Define AXISn_ROTATES for all axes that rotate or pivot. + * Rotational axis coordinates are expressed in degrees. + * + * AXISn_NAME defines the letter used to refer to the axis in (most) G-code commands. + * By convention the names and roles are typically: + * 'A' : Rotational axis parallel to X + * 'B' : Rotational axis parallel to Y + * 'C' : Rotational axis parallel to Z + * 'U' : Secondary linear axis parallel to X + * 'V' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Y + * 'W' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Z + * + * Regardless of these settings the axes are internally named I, J, K, U, V, W. + */ +#ifdef I_DRIVER_TYPE + #define AXIS4_NAME 'A' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] + #define AXIS4_ROTATES +#endif +#ifdef J_DRIVER_TYPE + #define AXIS5_NAME 'B' // :['B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] + #define AXIS5_ROTATES +#endif +#ifdef K_DRIVER_TYPE + #define AXIS6_NAME 'C' // :['C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] + #define AXIS6_ROTATES +#endif +#ifdef U_DRIVER_TYPE + #define AXIS7_NAME 'U' // :['U', 'V', 'W'] + //#define AXIS7_ROTATES +#endif +#ifdef V_DRIVER_TYPE + #define AXIS8_NAME 'V' // :['V', 'W'] + //#define AXIS8_ROTATES +#endif +#ifdef W_DRIVER_TYPE + #define AXIS9_NAME 'W' // :['W'] + //#define AXIS9_ROTATES +#endif + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. +// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... +#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN +#endif + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// Switch extruders by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#. +//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles. + * Can be combined with SWITCHING_EXTRUDER. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // A pair of angles for { E0, E1 }. + // For Dual Servo use two pairs: { { lower, raise }, { lower, raise } } + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_DWELL 2500 // Dwell time to wait for servo to make physical move +#endif + +// Switch nozzles by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#. +//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_NOZZLE + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if ANY(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Magnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic + * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. + * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. + * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 + */ +//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) + //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock + #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate + #endif + #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching + #endif +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + //#define MIXING_PRESETS // Assign 8 default V-tool presets for 2 or 3 MIXING_STEPPERS + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section multi-material + +/** + * Multi-Material Unit + * Set to one of these predefined models: + * + * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) + * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * PRUSA_MMU3 : Průša MMU3 (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor and MMU firmware version 3.x.x, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) + * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. + * :["PRUSA_MMU1", "PRUSA_MMU2", "PRUSA_MMU2S", "PRUSA_MMU3", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S"] + */ +//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU3 + +// @section psu control + +/** + * Power Supply Control + * + * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. + * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. + */ +//#define PSU_CONTROL +//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + //#define MKS_PWC // Using the MKS PWC add-on + //#define PS_OFF_CONFIRM // Confirm dialog when power off + //#define PS_OFF_SOUND // Beep 1s when power off + #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box + + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power + //#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000 // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay + + //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT // Second pin for redundant power control + //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT_INVERTED // Redundant pin state is the inverse of PSU_ACTIVE_STATE + + //#define PS_ON1_PIN 6 // Redundant pin required to enable power in combination with PS_ON_PIN + + //#define PS_ON_EDM_PIN 8 // External Device Monitoring pins for external power control relay feedback. Fault on mismatch. + //#define PS_ON1_EDM_PIN 9 + #define PS_EDM_RESPONSE 250 // (ms) Time to allow for relay action + + //#define POWER_OFF_TIMER // Enable M81 D to power off after a delay + //#define POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN // Enable M81 S to power off only after cooldown + + //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) + //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU for fans + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS // Turn on PSU for E Fans + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN // Turn on PSU for Controller Fan + #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN // Turn on PSU for Chamber Fan + #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN // Turn on PSU for Cooler Fan + #define AUTO_POWER_SPINDLE_LASER // Turn on PSU for Spindle/Laser + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration + //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. + #endif + #if ANY(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL, POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN) + //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) PSU on if any extruder is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) PSU on if the chamber is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) PSU on if the cooler is over this temperature + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * Temperature Sensors: + * + * NORMAL IS 4.7kΩ PULLUP! Hotend sensors can use 1kΩ pullup with correct resistor and table. + * + * ================================================================ + * Analog Thermistors - 4.7kΩ pullup - Normal + * ================================================================ + * 1 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Best choice for EPCOS thermistors + * 331 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for MEGA + * 332 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for DUE + * 2 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 + * 202 : 200kΩ Copymaster 3D + * 3 : ???Ω Mendel-parts thermistor + * 4 : 10kΩ Generic Thermistor !! DO NOT use for a hotend - it gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G - Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D, SliceEngineering 300°C + * 501 : 100kΩ Zonestar - Tronxy X3A + * 502 : 100kΩ Zonestar - used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M + * 503 : 100kΩ Zonestar (Z8XM2) Heated Bed thermistor + * 504 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-B3950) Hotend Thermistor + * 505 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-3950) Bed Thermistor + * 512 : 100kΩ RPW-Ultra hotend + * 6 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Not as accurate as table #1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) + * 7 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01 + * 71 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01 + * 8 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT + * 9 : 100kΩ GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 + * 10 : 100kΩ RS PRO 198-961 + * 11 : 100kΩ Keenovo AC silicone mats, most Wanhao i3 machines - beta 3950, 1% + * 12 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT (#8) - calibrated for Makibox hot bed + * 13 : 100kΩ Hisens up to 300°C - for "Simple ONE" & "All In ONE" hotend - beta 3950, 1% + * 14 : 100kΩ (R25), 4092K (beta25), 4.7kΩ pull-up, bed thermistor as used in Ender-5 S1 + * 15 : 100kΩ Calibrated for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 17 : 100kΩ Dagoma NTC white thermistor + * 18 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 + * 22 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - hotend - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3V and 220Ω to analog input + * 23 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - bed - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3v and 220Ω to analog input + * 30 : 100kΩ Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K - beta 3950 + * 60 : 100kΩ Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor - beta 3950 + * 61 : 100kΩ Formbot/Vivedino 350°C Thermistor - beta 3950 + * 66 : 4.7MΩ Dyze Design / Trianglelab T-D500 500°C High Temperature Thermistor + * 67 : 500kΩ SliceEngineering 450°C Thermistor + * 68 : PT100 Smplifier board from Dyze Design + * 70 : 100kΩ bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100kΩ Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC100K MGB18-104F39050L32 + * 666 : 200kΩ Einstart S custom thermistor with 10k pullup. + * 2000 : 100kΩ Ultimachine Rambo TDK NTCG104LH104KT1 NTC100K motherboard Thermistor + * + * ================================================================ + * Analog Thermistors - 1kΩ pullup + * Atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7kΩ pullup for 1kΩ. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * ================================================================ + * 51 : 100kΩ EPCOS (1kΩ pullup) + * 52 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1kΩ pullup) + * 55 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2 - Used in ParCan & J-Head (1kΩ pullup) + * + * ================================================================ + * Analog Thermistors - 10kΩ pullup - Atypical + * ================================================================ + * 99 : 100kΩ Found on some Wanhao i3 machines with a 10kΩ pull-up resistor + * + * ================================================================ + * Analog RTDs (Pt100/Pt1000) + * ================================================================ + * 110 : Pt100 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4.7kΩ pullup + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical) + * 1022 : Pt1000 with 2.2kΩ pullup + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4.7kΩ pullup (E3D) + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTE: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. + * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. + * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * + * ================================================================ + * SPI RTD/Thermocouple Boards + * ================================================================ + * -5 : MAX31865 with Pt100/Pt1000, 2, 3, or 4-wire (only for sensors 0-2 and bed) + * NOTE: You must uncomment/set the MAX31865_*_OHMS_n defines below. + * -3 : MAX31855 with Thermocouple, -200°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed) + * -2 : MAX6675 with Thermocouple, 0°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed) + * + * NOTE: Ensure TEMP_n_CS_PIN is set in your pins file for each TEMP_SENSOR_n using an SPI Thermocouple. By default, + * Hardware SPI on the default serial bus is used. If you have also set TEMP_n_SCK_PIN and TEMP_n_MISO_PIN, + * Software SPI will be used on those ports instead. You can force Hardware SPI on the default bus in the + * Configuration_adv.h file. At this time, separate Hardware SPI buses for sensors are not supported. + * + * ================================================================ + * Analog Thermocouple Boards + * ================================================================ + * -4 : AD8495 with Thermocouple + * -1 : AD595 with Thermocouple + * + * ================================================================ + * SoC internal sensor + * ================================================================ + * 100 : SoC internal sensor + * + * ================================================================ + * Custom/Dummy/Other Thermal Sensors + * ================================================================ + * 0 : not used + * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h + * + * !!! Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. !!! + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 //ORIGINAL: #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_SOC 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 +#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(0) + #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) + #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for Adafruit PT100; 4300 for Adafruit PT1000 +#endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(1) + #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 + #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 +#endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(2) + #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_2 100 + #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_2 430 +#endif + +#if HAS_E_TEMP_SENSOR + #define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 + #define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer + #define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 + #define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer + #define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191 + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target +#endif + +/** + * Redundant Temperature Sensor (TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT) + * + * Use a temp sensor as a redundant sensor for another reading. Select an unused temperature sensor, and another + * sensor you'd like it to be redundant for. If the two thermistors differ by TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF (°C), + * the print will be aborted. Whichever sensor is selected will have its normal functions disabled; i.e. selecting + * the Bed sensor (-1) will disable bed heating/monitoring. + * + * For selecting source/target use: COOLER, PROBE, BOARD, CHAMBER, BED, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7 + */ +#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT + #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_SOURCE E1 // The sensor that will provide the redundant reading. + #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_TARGET E0 // The sensor that we are providing a redundant reading for. + #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF 10 // (°C) Temperature difference that will trigger a print abort. +#endif + +// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off +// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 0 //ORIGINAL: #define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 0 //ORIGINAL: #define BED_MINTEMP 5 +#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 + +// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. +// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 //ORIGINAL: #define BED_MAXTEMP 150 +#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 + +/** + * Thermal Overshoot + * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees + * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees + * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP. + */ +#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT +#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT +#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== + +// @section hotend temp + +/** + * Temperature Control + * + * (NONE) : Bang-bang heating + * PIDTEMP : PID temperature control (~4.1K) + * MPCTEMP : Predictive Model temperature control. (~1.8K without auto-tune) + */ +#define PIDTEMP // See the PID Tuning Guide at https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning +//#define MPCTEMP // See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/model_predictive_control.html + +#define PID_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Print PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Use separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with G-code: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + + #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + // Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup. + // If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends. + #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 20.3, 20.3 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } + #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.75, 1.75 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } + #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 58, 58 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } + #else + #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.3 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.75 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 58 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 + #endif +#else + #define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#endif + +/** + * Model Predictive Control for hotend + * + * Use a physical model of the hotend to control temperature. When configured correctly this gives + * better responsiveness and stability than PID and removes the need for PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + * and PID_FAN_SCALING. Enable MPC_AUTOTUNE and use M306 T to autotune the model. + * @section mpc temp + */ +#if ENABLED(MPCTEMP) + #define MPC_AUTOTUNE // Include a method to do MPC auto-tuning (~6.3K bytes of flash) + #if ENABLED(MPC_AUTOTUNE) + //#define MPC_AUTOTUNE_DEBUG // Enable MPC debug logging (~870 bytes of flash) + #endif + //#define MPC_EDIT_MENU // Add MPC editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~1.3K bytes of flash) + //#define MPC_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add MPC auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~350 bytes of flash) + + #define MPC_MAX 255 // (0..255) Current to nozzle while MPC is active. + #define MPC_HEATER_POWER { 40.0f } // (W) Heat cartridge powers. + + #define MPC_INCLUDE_FAN // Model the fan speed? + + // Measured physical constants from M306 + #define MPC_BLOCK_HEAT_CAPACITY { 16.7f } // (J/K) Heat block heat capacities. + #define MPC_SENSOR_RESPONSIVENESS { 0.22f } // (K/s per ∆K) Rate of change of sensor temperature from heat block. + #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF { 0.068f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan off. + #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN) + #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF_FAN255 { 0.097f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan on full. + #endif + + // For one fan and multiple hotends MPC needs to know how to apply the fan cooling effect. + #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN) + //#define MPC_FAN_0_ALL_HOTENDS + //#define MPC_FAN_0_ACTIVE_HOTEND + #endif + + // Filament Heat Capacity (joules/kelvin/mm) + // Set at runtime with M306 H + #define FILAMENT_HEAT_CAPACITY_PERMM { 5.6e-3f } // 0.0056 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PLA (0.0149 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PLA). + // 0.0036 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PETG (0.0094 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PETG). + // 0.00515 J/K/mm for 1.75mm ABS (0.0137 J/K/mm for 2.85mm ABS). + // 0.00522 J/K/mm for 1.75mm Nylon (0.0138 J/K/mm for 2.85mm Nylon). + + // Advanced options + #define MPC_SMOOTHING_FACTOR 0.5f // (0.0...1.0) Noisy temperature sensors may need a lower value for stabilization. + #define MPC_MIN_AMBIENT_CHANGE 1.0f // (K/s) Modeled ambient temperature rate of change, when correcting model inaccuracies. + #define MPC_STEADYSTATE 0.5f // (K/s) Temperature change rate for steady state logic to be enforced. + + #define MPC_TUNING_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 1.0f } // (mm) M306 Autotuning position, ideally bed center at first layer height. + #define MPC_TUNING_END_Z 10.0f // (mm) M306 Autotuning final Z position. +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section bed temp + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + * + * With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis. + */ +#define PIDTEMPBED //ORIGINAL: //#define PIDTEMPBED + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port. + + // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 142 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi 17.25 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 780.5 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#else + //#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING // Keep the bed temperature within BED_HYSTERESIS of the target +#endif + +/** + * Peltier Bed - Heating and Cooling + * + * A Peltier device transfers heat from one side to the other in proportion to the amount of + * current flowing through the device and the direction of current flow. So the same device + * can both heat and cool. + * + * When "cooling" in addition to rejecting the heat transferred from the hot side to the cold + * side, the dissipated power (voltage * current) must also be rejected. Be sure to set up a + * fan that can be powered in sync with the Peltier unit. + * + * This feature is only set up to run in bang-bang mode because Peltiers don't handle PWM + * well without filter circuitry. + * + * Since existing 3D printers are made to handle relatively high current for the heated bed, + * we can use the heated bed power pins to control the Peltier power using the same G-codes + * as the heated bed (M140, M190, etc.). + * + * A second GPIO pin is required to control current direction. + * Two configurations are possible: Relay and H-Bridge + * + * (At this time only relay is supported. H-bridge requires 4 MOS switches configured in H-Bridge.) + * + * Power is handled by the bang-bang control loop: 0 or 255. + * Cooling applications are more common than heating, so the pin states are commonly: + * LOW = Heating = Relay Energized + * HIGH = Cooling = Relay in "Normal" state + */ +//#define PELTIER_BED +#if ENABLED(PELTIER_BED) + #define PELTIER_DIR_PIN -1 // Relay control pin for Peltier + #define PELTIER_DIR_HEAT_STATE LOW // The relay pin state that causes the Peltier to heat +#endif + +// Add 'M190 R T' for more gradual M190 R bed cooling. +//#define BED_ANNEALING_GCODE + +//=========================================================================== +//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ==================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Chamber Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable + * hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + * @section chamber temp + */ +//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER +//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Chamber Power + * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + */ +#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0 + //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Print Chamber PID debug data to the serial port. + + // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element + // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent. + // + #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04 + #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40 + #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17 + // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER + +// @section pid temp + +#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. + + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash) +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 180 //ORIGINAL: #define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 //ORIGINAL: #define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section kinematics + +// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY + +// +// MarkForged Kinematics +// See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 +// +//#define MARKFORGED_XY +//#define MARKFORGED_YX +#if ANY(MARKFORGED_XY, MARKFORGED_YX) + //#define MARKFORGED_INVERSE // Enable for an inverted Markforged kinematics belt path +#endif + +// Enable for a belt style printer with endless "Z" motion +//#define BELTPRINTER + +// Articulated robot (arm). Joints are directly mapped to axes with no kinematics. +//#define ARTICULATED_ROBOT_ARM + +// For a hot wire cutter with parallel horizontal axes (X, I) where the heights of the two wire +// ends are controlled by parallel axes (Y, J). Joints are directly mapped to axes (no kinematics). +//#define FOAMCUTTER_XYUV + +// @section polargraph + +// Enable for Polargraph Kinematics +//#define POLARGRAPH +#if ENABLED(POLARGRAPH) + #define POLARGRAPH_MAX_BELT_LEN 1035.0 // (mm) Belt length at full extension. Override with M665 H. + #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 5 // Move segmentation based on duration + #define PEN_UP_DOWN_MENU // Add "Pen Up" and "Pen Down" to the MarlinUI menu +#endif + +// @section delta + +// Enable for DELTA kinematics and configure below +//#define DELTA +#if ENABLED(DELTA) + + // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). + // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) + // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). + #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 + + // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained + //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE + + // Delta calibration menu + // Add three-point calibration to the MarlinUI menu. + // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 + //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU + + // G33 Delta Auto-Calibration. Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results. + //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION + + #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) + // Default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) + #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 + #endif + + #if ANY(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) + // Step size for paper-test probing + #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) + #endif + + // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). + #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) + + // Maximum reachable area + #define DELTA_MAX_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) + + // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. + #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm) + + // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position + #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate + + #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate + + // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. + #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate + + // Trim adjustments for individual towers + // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 + // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer + #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate + + // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments + //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) + //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) +#endif + +// @section scara + +/** + * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013. + * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014. + * + * Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See: + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048 + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491 + */ +//#define MORGAN_SCARA +//#define MP_SCARA +#if ANY(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA) + // If movement is choppy try lowering this value + #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 + + // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely. + #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 // (mm) + #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 // (mm) + + // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position) + // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space. + #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 // (mm) + #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 // (mm) + + #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) + + //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS + #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly + + // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach + #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm) + + #elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA) + + #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1 12 // degrees + #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees + + #endif + +#endif + +// @section tpara + +// Enable for TPARA kinematics and configure below +//#define AXEL_TPARA +#if ENABLED(AXEL_TPARA) + #define DEBUG_TPARA_KINEMATICS + #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 + + // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely. + #define TPARA_LINKAGE_1 120 // (mm) + #define TPARA_LINKAGE_2 120 // (mm) + + // TPARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position) + // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the TPARA space. + #define TPARA_OFFSET_X 0 // (mm) + #define TPARA_OFFSET_Y 0 // (mm) + #define TPARA_OFFSET_Z 0 // (mm) + + #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly + + // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach + #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm) +#endif + +// @section polar + +/** + * POLAR Kinematics + * developed by Kadir ilkimen for PolarBear CNC and babyBear + * https://github.com/kadirilkimen/Polar-Bear-Cnc-Machine + * https://github.com/kadirilkimen/babyBear-3D-printer + * + * A polar machine can have different configurations. + * This kinematics is only compatible with the following configuration: + * X : Independent linear + * Y or B : Polar + * Z : Independent linear + * + * For example, PolarBear has CoreXZ plus Polar Y or B. + * + * Motion problem for Polar axis near center / origin: + * + * 3D printing: + * Movements very close to the center of the polar axis take more time than others. + * This brief delay results in more material deposition due to the pressure in the nozzle. + * + * Current Kinematics and feedrate scaling deals with this by making the movement as fast + * as possible. It works for slow movements but doesn't work well with fast ones. A more + * complicated extrusion compensation must be implemented. + * + * Ideally, it should estimate that a long rotation near the center is ahead and will cause + * unwanted deposition. Therefore it can compensate the extrusion beforehand. + * + * Laser cutting: + * Same thing would be a problem for laser engraving too. As it spends time rotating at the + * center point, more likely it will burn more material than it should. Therefore similar + * compensation would be implemented for laser-cutting operations. + * + * Milling: + * This shouldn't be a problem for cutting/milling operations. + */ +//#define POLAR +#if ENABLED(POLAR) + #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 180 // If movement is choppy try lowering this value + #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 82.0f // (mm) Maximum travel of X axis + + // Movements fall inside POLAR_FAST_RADIUS are assigned the highest possible feedrate + // to compensate unwanted deposition related to the near-origin motion problem. + #define POLAR_FAST_RADIUS 3.0f // (mm) + + // Radius which is unreachable by the tool. + // Needed if the tool is not perfectly aligned to the center of the polar axis. + #define POLAR_CENTER_OFFSET 0.0f // (mm) + + #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section endstops + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +/** + * Endstop "Hit" State + * Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop. + */ +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define J_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define K_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define K_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define U_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define U_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define V_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE //ORIGINAL: //#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. +//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (linear=steps/mm, rotational=steps/°) + * Override with M92 (when enabled below) + * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 101 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 } + +/** + * Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash. + */ +#define EDITABLE_STEPS_PER_UNIT + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 180, 180, 5, 25 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } //ORIGINAL: #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2)) + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 50, 1000 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2)) + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z . . . E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +#define CLASSIC_JERK //ORIGINAL: //#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + #define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 + //#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3 + //#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3 + //#define DEFAULT_KJERK 0.3 + //#define DEFAULT_UJERK 0.3 + //#define DEFAULT_VJERK 0.3 + //#define DEFAULT_WJERK 0.3 + + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge + #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle + // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#endif + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. + * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. + * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) + */ +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN //ORIGINAL: #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing +#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING //ORIGINAL: //#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + * + * Override this pin only if the probe cannot be connected to + * the default Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN for the selected MOTHERBOARD. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - For simple switches... + * - Normally-closed (NC) also connect to GND. + * - Normally-open (NO) also connect to 5V. + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -1 + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +//#define PROBE_MANUALLY + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 +#ifdef Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR + //#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + //#define Z_SERVO_MEASURE_ANGLE 45 // Use if the servo must move to a "free" position for measuring after deploy + //#define Z_SERVO_INTERMEDIATE_STOW // Stow the probe between points + //#define Z_SERVO_DEACTIVATE_AFTER_STOW // Deactivate the servo when probe is stowed +#endif + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +#define BLTOUCH //ORIGINAL: //#define BLTOUCH + +/** + * MagLev V4 probe by MDD + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by powering a built-in electromagnet. + */ +//#define MAGLEV4 +#if ENABLED(MAGLEV4) + //#define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_PIN 11 // Set to the connected digital output + #define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_DELAY 15 // Changing this risks overheating the coil +#endif + +/** + * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. + * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is + * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * + * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, + * and a minimum Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING of 10. + */ +//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) + #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts + //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed + //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +#endif + +/** + * Bed Distance Sensor + * + * Measures the distance from bed to nozzle with accuracy of 0.01mm. + * For information about this sensor https://github.com/markniu/Bed_Distance_sensor + * Uses I2C port, so it requires I2C library markyue/Panda_SoftMasterI2C. + */ +//#define BD_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(BD_SENSOR) + //#define BD_SENSOR_PROBE_NO_STOP // Probe bed without stopping at each probe point +#endif + +/** + * BIQU MicroProbe + * + * A lightweight, solenoid-driven probe. + * For information about this sensor https://github.com/bigtreetech/MicroProbe + * + * Also requires PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE + * With FT_MOTION requires ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + */ +//#define BIQU_MICROPROBE_V1 // Triggers HIGH +//#define BIQU_MICROPROBE_V2 // Triggers LOW + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +/** + * Magnetically Mounted Probe + * For probes such as Euclid, Klicky, Klackender, etc. + */ +//#define MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE +#if ENABLED(MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE) + #define PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe deploy speed + #define PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe stow speed + + #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_1 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 30 } } // Move to side Dock & Attach probe + #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_2 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 30 } } // Move probe off dock + #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_3 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed + #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_4 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed + #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_5 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed + #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_1 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 20 } } // Move to dock + #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_2 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 0 } } // Place probe beside remover + #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_3 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 230, 114, 0 } } // Side move to remove probe + #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_4 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 20 } } // Side move to remove probe + #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_5 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed +#endif + +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://docs.duet3d.com/en/Duet3D_hardware/Accessories/Smart_Effector +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensitivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + +/** + * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - https://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Autolevel_probe + * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY +#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) + // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, + // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10 + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10 + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE + +#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY + +/** + * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } + * + * X and Y offset + * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of + * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. + * + * Z offset + * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using + * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + * to avoid collisions during probing. + * + * Tune and Adjust + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (Configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * + * Assuming the typical work area orientation: + * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset + * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset + * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset + * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset + * + * Some examples: + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | [+] | + * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) + * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) + * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle + * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) + * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) + * | [-] | + * O-- FRONT --+ + */ +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -12, 0 } //ORIGINAL: #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } + +// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool. +#define PROBING_TOOL 0 +#ifdef PROBING_TOOL + //#define PROBE_TOOLCHANGE_NO_MOVE // Suppress motion on probe tool-change +#endif + +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define PROBING_MARGIN 40 //ORIGINAL: #define PROBING_MARGIN 10 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes. +// Leave undefined to use the average of the current XY homing feedrate. +#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (60*60) //ORIGINAL: #define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2) + +/** + * Probe Activation Switch + * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical + * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. + */ +//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active + //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#endif + +/** + * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. + * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out + * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. + */ +//#define PROBE_TARE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) + #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin + #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before + #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare + //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin + //#define PROBE_TARE_MENU // Display a menu item to tare the probe + #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Probe Enable / Disable + * The probe only provides a triggered signal when enabled. + */ +//#define PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE) + //#define PROBE_ENABLE_PIN -1 // Override the default pin here +#endif + +/** + * Multiple Probing + * + * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. + * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. + * + * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. + * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. + */ +//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: 'M851 Z-5' with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: 'M851 Z+1' with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes +#define Z_PROBE_ERROR_TOLERANCE 3 // (mm) Tolerance for early trigger (<= -probe.offset.z + ZPET) +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // (mm) Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // (mm) Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 provide ranges for adjusting the X, Y, and Z probe offsets +//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMIN -50 // (mm) +//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMAX 50 // (mm) +//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMIN -50 // (mm) +//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMAX 50 // (mm) +//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMIN -20 // (mm) +//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX 20 // (mm) + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) + //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_ESTEPPERS_OFF // Turn all extruder steppers off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn all steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing (including extruders) +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) + #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +// @section stepper drivers + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :['LOW', 'HIGH'] +#define X_ENABLE_ON LOW +#define Y_ENABLE_ON LOW +#define Z_ENABLE_ON LOW +#define E_ENABLE_ON LOW // For all extruders +//#define I_ENABLE_ON LOW +//#define J_ENABLE_ON LOW +//#define K_ENABLE_ON LOW +//#define U_ENABLE_ON LOW +//#define V_ENABLE_ON LOW +//#define W_ENABLE_ON LOW + +// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +//#define DISABLE_X +//#define DISABLE_Y +//#define DISABLE_Z +//#define DISABLE_I +//#define DISABLE_J +//#define DISABLE_K +//#define DISABLE_U +//#define DISABLE_V +//#define DISABLE_W + +// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +//#define DISABLE_E // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_OTHER_EXTRUDERS // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section motion + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR false //ORIGINAL: #define INVERT_X_DIR false +#define INVERT_Y_DIR false //ORIGINAL: #define INVERT_Y_DIR true +#define INVERT_Z_DIR true //ORIGINAL: #define INVERT_Z_DIR false +//#define INVERT_I_DIR false +//#define INVERT_J_DIR false +//#define INVERT_K_DIR false +//#define INVERT_U_DIR false +//#define INVERT_V_DIR false +//#define INVERT_W_DIR false + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR false +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. + +/** + * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled. + * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed. + * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle. + */ +//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS + +//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed) +//#define XY_AFTER_HOMING { 10, 10 } // (mm) Move to an XY position after homing (and raising Z) + +//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_HOMING "M300 P440 S200" // Commands to run after G28 (and move to XY_AFTER_HOMING) + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define I_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define J_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define K_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define U_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define V_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define W_HOME_DIR -1 + +/** + * Safety Stops + * If an axis has endstops on both ends the one specified above is used for + * homing, while the other can be used for things like SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT. + */ +//#define X_SAFETY_STOP +//#define Y_SAFETY_STOP +//#define Z_SAFETY_STOP +//#define I_SAFETY_STOP +//#define J_SAFETY_STOP +//#define K_SAFETY_STOP +//#define U_SAFETY_STOP +//#define V_SAFETY_STOP +//#define W_SAFETY_STOP + +// @section geometry + +// The size of the printable area +#define X_BED_SIZE 300 //ORIGINAL: #define X_BED_SIZE 200 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 //ORIGINAL: #define Y_BED_SIZE 200 + +// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS -24 //ORIGINAL: #define X_MIN_POS 0 +#define Y_MIN_POS -4 //ORIGINAL: #define Y_MIN_POS 0 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 //ORIGINAL: #define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE //ORIGINAL: #define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE //ORIGINAL: #define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 320 //ORIGINAL: #define Z_MAX_POS 200 +//#define I_MIN_POS 0 +//#define I_MAX_POS 50 +//#define J_MIN_POS 0 +//#define J_MAX_POS 50 +//#define K_MIN_POS 0 +//#define K_MAX_POS 50 +//#define U_MIN_POS 0 +//#define U_MAX_POS 50 +//#define V_MIN_POS 0 +//#define V_MAX_POS 50 +//#define W_MIN_POS 0 +//#define W_MAX_POS 50 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W +#endif + +#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * @section filament runout sensors + * + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. + * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. + * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. + * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + */ +#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR //ORIGINAL: //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + + #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder. + // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs. + + // Override individually if the runout sensors vary + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + + // Commands to execute on filament runout. + // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c") + // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply. + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR) + //#define FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION) + #define NUM_MOTION_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_MOTION#_PIN for each. + //#define FIL_MOTION1_PIN -1 + + // Override individually if the motion sensors vary + //#define FIL_MOTION1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_MOTION2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_MOTION3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_MOTION4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_MOTION5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_MOTION6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_MOTION7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_MOTION8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLDOWN + #endif + #endif // FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif // FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM +#endif // FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR //ORIGINAL: //#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_G29 "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of + * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable + * leveling immediately after G28. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Auto-leveling needs preheating + */ +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) + #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of flash! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY) + // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment + #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height +#endif + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + /** + * Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + * at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + * The height can be set with M420 Z + */ + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. + #endif + + /** + * Add Z offset (M424 Z) that applies to all moves at the planner level. + * This Z offset will be automatically set to the middle value with G29. + */ + //#define GLOBAL_MESH_Z_OFFSET + + /** + * For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + * split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + * contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + */ + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. + #endif + +#endif + +#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID //ORIGINAL: //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points + + //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J for better Z reference + //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS_3POINT // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J0 (3-point) + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + + //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh + + /** + * Probing not allowed within the position of an obstacle. + */ + //#define AVOID_OBSTACLES + #if ENABLED(AVOID_OBSTACLES) + #define CLIP_W 23 // Bed clip width, should be padded a few mm over its physical size + #define CLIP_H 14 // Bed clip height, should be padded a few mm over its physical size + + // Obstacle Rectangles defined as { X1, Y1, X2, Y2 } + #define OBSTACLE1 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H } + #define OBSTACLE2 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H } + #define OBSTACLE3 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE } + #define OBSTACLE4 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE } + + // The probed grid must be inset for G29 J. This is okay, since it is + // only used to compute a linear transformation for the mesh itself. + #define G29J_MESH_TILT_MARGIN ((CLIP_H) + 1) + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING) + #define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points + #define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points + //#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner + //#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE + #if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE) + #define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm) + #define BED_TRAMMING_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify + //#define BED_TRAMMING_AUDIO_FEEDBACK + #endif + + /** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ + #define BED_TRAMMING_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#endif + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_I_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_J_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_K_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_U_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_V_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_W_HOME_POS 0 + +/** + * Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. + * + * - Moves the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z homing. + * - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted. + * - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing. + */ +#define Z_SAFE_HOMING //ORIGINAL: //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // (mm) Y point for Z homing + //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_POINT_ABSOLUTE // Ignore home offsets (M206) for Z homing position +#endif + +// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=°/min) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } + +// Edit homing feedrates with M210 and MarlinUI menu items +//#define EDITABLE_HOMING_FEEDRATE + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the XY skew factor directly: + //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the Z skew factors directly: + //#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + //#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section eeprom + +/** + * EEPROM + * + * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. + * + * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. + * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS //ORIGINAL: //#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release! +// #define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash. //ORIGINAL: #define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash. +#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT //ORIGINAL: //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. + #define EEPROM_INIT_NOW //ORIGINAL: //#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build. +#endif + +// @section host + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// @section units + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// +// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes +// +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG+" //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * @section nozzle park + * + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE //ORIGINAL: //#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_MOVE 0 // Park motion: 0 = XY Move, 1 = X Only, 2 = Y Only, 3 = X before Y, 4 = Y before X + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * @section nozzle clean + * + * Clean Nozzle Feature + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_LINE // Provide 'G12 P0' - a simple linear cleaning pattern + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG // Provide 'G12 P1' - a zigzag cleaning pattern + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE // Provide 'G12 P2' - a circular cleaning pattern + + // Default pattern to use when 'P' is not provided to G12. One of the enabled options above. + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_DEFAULT_PATTERN 0 + + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 // Default number of pattern repetitions + + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG) + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 // Default number of triangles + #endif + + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE) + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 // (mm) Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 // Circular pattern circle number of segments + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT // Middle point of circle + #endif + + // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + + // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + + // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + + // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe + + // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. + //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + +#endif + +// @section host + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M140/M190/M141/M191. + * The print job timer will only be stopped if the bed/chamber target temp is + * below BED_MINTEMP/CHAMBER_MINTEMP. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M140 (bed, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * M141 (chamber, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M191 (chamber, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * For M104/M109, high temp is anything over EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2. + * For M140/M190, high temp is anything over BED_MINTEMP. + * For M141/M191, high temp is anything over CHAMBER_MINTEMP. + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +// @section stats + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print. +#endif + +// @section security + +/** + * Password + * + * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: + * + * - When the printer boots up + * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu + * - When SD printing is completed or aborted + * + * The following G-codes can be used: + * + * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. + * M511 - Unlock Printer. + * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. + * + * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash + * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) + * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. + */ +//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) + #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended + #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP + #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. + #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P S. + //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#endif + +// @section media + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + */ +#define SDSUPPORT //ORIGINAL: //#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + //#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY +#endif + +// @section interface + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_CY, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, + * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek (Greece)', 'el_CY':'Greek (Cyprus)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša, 2:CNC) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša', 2:'CNC'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 //ORIGINAL: //#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 //ORIGINAL: //#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. +// +//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION + +// +// Encoder EMI Noise Filter +// +// This option increases encoder samples to filter out phantom encoder clicks caused by EMI noise. +// +//#define ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER) + #define ENCODER_SAMPLES 10 +#endif + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S P +// +#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 //ORIGINAL: //#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 //ORIGINAL: //#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +// +// Tone queue size, used to keep beeps from blocking execution. +// Default is 4, or override here. Costs 4 bytes of SRAM per entry. +// +//#define TONE_QUEUE_LENGTH 4 + +// +// A sequence of tones to play at startup, in pairs of tone (Hz), duration (ms). +// Silence in-between tones. +// +//#define STARTUP_TUNE { 698, 300, 0, 50, 523, 50, 0, 25, 494, 50, 0, 25, 523, 100, 0, 50, 554, 300, 0, 100, 523, 300 } + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= +// @section lcd + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display +// +// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and +// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library. +// +//#define YHCB2004 + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// https://web.archive.org/web/20200719145306/doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// https://web.archive.org/web/20140823033947/www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require LiquidCrystal_I2C library: +// https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/New-LiquidCrystal +// https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki/schematics#user-content-ShiftRegister_connection +// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +// +// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI +// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. +// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter +// +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// +// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller +// +//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/electronics/3d-printer-modules/autonomous-printing/graphical-lcd-screen-v1-0/ +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// https://www.panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// Alfawise Ex8 printer LCD marked as WYH L12864 COG +// +//#define WYH_L12864 + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// https://web.archive.org/web/20180605050442/mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// MKS MINI12864 V3 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight. +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864_V3 + +// +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// +//#define MKS_LCD12864A +//#define MKS_LCD12864B + +// +// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support +// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. + +// +// BigTreeTech Mini 12864 V1.0 / V2.0 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight. +// https://github.com/bigtreetech/MINI-12864 +// +//#define BTT_MINI_12864 + +// +// BEEZ MINI 12864 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight. +// +//#define BEEZ_MINI_12864 + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 / CR-7 / Ender-3 +// https://marlinfw.org/docs/hardware/controllers.html#cr10_stockdisplay +// +// Connect to EXP1 on RAMPS and compatible boards. +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 128×64 Full Graphics Controller as used on Anet A6 +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD + +// +// GUCOCO CTC 128×64 Full Graphics Controller as used on GUCOCO CTC A10S +// +//#define CTC_A10S_A13 + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +// +// eMotion Tech LCD with SD +// https://www.reprap-france.com/produit/1234568748-ecran-graphique-128-x-64-points-2-1 +// +//#define EMOTION_TECH_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//============================== OLED Displays ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller + +// +// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 +// +//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART + +// +// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs +// +//#define OVERLORD_OLED + +// +// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB +// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html +//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller + +// +// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller +// +//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI + +//============================================================================= +//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) + * + * ORIGIN (Marlin DWIN_SET) + * - Download https://github.com/coldtobi/Marlin_DGUS_Resources + * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. + * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html + * + * FYSETC (Supplier default) + * - Download https://github.com/FYSETC/FYSTLCD-2.0 + * - Copy the downloaded SCREEN folder to the SD card. + * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html + * + * HIPRECY (Supplier default) + * - Download https://github.com/HiPrecy/Touch-Lcd-LEO + * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. + * + * MKS (MKS-H43) (Supplier default) + * - Download https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-H43 + * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. + * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/1005002008179262.html + * + * RELOADED (T5UID1) + * - Download https://github.com/Neo2003/DGUS-reloaded/releases + * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. + * + * IA_CREALITY (T5UID1) + * - Download https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/raw/CrealityDwin_2.0/TM3D_Combined480272_Landscape_V7.7z + * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. + * + * E3S1PRO (T5L) + * - Download https://github.com/CrealityOfficial/Ender-3S1/archive/3S1_Plus_Screen.zip + * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. + * + * CREALITY_TOUCH + * - CR-6 OEM touch screen. A DWIN display with touch. + * + * Flash display with DGUS Displays for Marlin: + * - Format the SD card to FAT32 with an allocation size of 4kb. + * - Download files as specified for your type of display. + * - Plug the microSD card into the back of the display. + * - Boot the display and wait for the update to complete. + * + * :[ 'ORIGIN', 'FYSETC', 'HYPRECY', 'MKS', 'RELOADED', 'IA_CREALITY', 'E3S1PRO', 'CREALITY_TOUCH' ] + */ +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI ORIGIN +#if DGUS_UI_IS(MKS) + #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI +#elif DGUS_UI_IS(IA_CREALITY) + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROTATE 90 // Portrait Mode or 800x480 displays + //#define IA_CREALITY_BOOT_DELAY 1500 // (ms) +#endif + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD + +// +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. +// +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Chiron +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic i3 Mega +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA) + //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_GCODE_EXT // Add ".gcode" to menu entries for DGUS clone compatibility +#endif + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Vyper +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER + +// +// Sovol SV-06 Resistive Touch Screen +// +//#define SOVOL_SV06_RTS + +// +// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028 +// +//#define NEXTION_TFT + +// +// PanelDue touch controller by Escher3D +// http://escher3d.com/pages/order/products/product2.php +// +//#define PANELDUE + +// +// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. +// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options + * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. + */ + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display with Rotary Encoder from MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3 +// https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-TFT-Hardware/tree/master/MKS%20TS35 +// +//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 + +// +// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 + +// +// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from Tronxy +// +//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise +// +//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 +// +//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 +// +//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 + +// +// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU BX +// https://github.com/bigtreetech/BIQU-BX/tree/master/Hardware +// +//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU B1 SE Series +// https://github.com/bigtreetech/TFT35-SPI/tree/master/v1 +// +//#define BTT_TFT35_SPI_V1_0 + +// +// Generic TFT with detailed options +// +//#define TFT_GENERIC +#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) + // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] + #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + + // Interface. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + + // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_RES_320x240 + //#define TFT_RES_480x272 + //#define TFT_RES_480x320 + //#define TFT_RES_1024x600 +#endif + +/** + * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: + * + * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities + * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * + * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the + * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. + */ +//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +//#define TFT_COLOR_UI +//#define TFT_LVGL_UI + +#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + /** + * TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following: + * + * NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters. + * UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters. + * HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only. + */ + #define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS + + /** + * TFT Theme for Color_UI. Choose one of the following or add a new one to 'Marlin/src/lcd/tft/themes' directory + * + * BLUE_MARLIN - Default theme with 'midnight blue' background + * BLACK_MARLIN - Theme with 'black' background + * ANET_BLACK - Theme used for Anet ET4/5 + */ + #define TFT_THEME BLACK_MARLIN + + //#define TFT_SHARED_IO // I/O is shared between TFT display and other devices. Disable async data transfer. + + #define COMPACT_MARLIN_BOOT_LOGO // Use compressed data to save Flash space +#endif + +#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) + //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +#endif + +/** + * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: + * + * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION + * + * :{ 'TFT_NO_ROTATION':'None', 'TFT_ROTATE_90':'90°', 'TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X':'90° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y':'90° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_ROTATE_180':'180°', 'TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X':'180° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y':'180° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_ROTATE_270':'270°', 'TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X':'270° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y':'270° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_MIRROR_X':'Mirror X', 'TFT_MIRROR_Y':'Mirror Y' } + */ +//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. +// +// //#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI //ORIGINAL: //#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI +//#define DWIN_LCD_PROUI // Pro UI by MRiscoC +#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI //ORIGINAL: //#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI // Jyers UI by Jacob Myers +//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_PORTRAIT // MarlinUI (portrait orientation) +//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_LANDSCAPE // MarlinUI (landscape orientation) + +// +// Touch Screen Settings +// +//#define TOUCH_SCREEN +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) + #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens + #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus + + #if ANY(TFT_CLASSIC_UI, TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define NO_BACK_MENU_ITEM // Don't display a top menu item to go back to the parent menu + #endif + + #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION + + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 + //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE + + #if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM + #endif + + #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION + #endif +#endif + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press + +// +// EasyThreeD ET-4000+ with button input and status LED +// +//#define EASYTHREED_UI + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section fans + +// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. +// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] +//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +#define FAN_SOFT_PWM //ORIGINAL: //#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// @section extras + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// @section lights + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * === CAUTION === + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * + * Requires PWM frequency between 50 <> 100Hz (Check HAL or variant) + * Use FAST_PWM_FAN, if possible, to reduce fan noise. + */ + +// LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options: +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632) + //#define RGB_STARTUP_TEST // For PWM pins, fade between all colors + #if ENABLED(RGB_STARTUP_TEST) + #define RGB_STARTUP_TEST_INNER_MS 10 // (ms) Reduce or increase fading speed + #endif +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW, NEO_RGBW, NEO_GRB, NEO_RBG, etc. + // See https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_NeoPixel/blob/master/Adafruit_NeoPixel.h + //#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin + //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE + //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + + // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... + //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) + #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip + #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + #define NEOPIXEL_M150_DEFAULT -1 // Default strip for M150 without 'S'. Use -1 to set all by default. + #else + //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel + #endif + + // Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first background LED + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of the last background LED + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_TIMEOUT_COLOR { 25, 25, 25, 0 } // R, G, B, W + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +// @section servos + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. + */ +//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Note: Servo index starts with 0 for M280-M282 commands + +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES + +// Disable servo with M282 to reduce power consumption, noise, and heat when not in use +//#define SERVO_DETACH_GCODE diff --git a/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d/Configuration_adv.h b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44e949b --- /dev/null +++ b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,4681 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010300 + +// @section develop + +/** + * Configuration Export + * + * Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py) + * Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560). + * + * See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving. + * + * 1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration. + * This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING. + * 2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing. + * 3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups) + * 4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema. + * 5 = Config.h - Minimal configuration by popular demand. + */ +//#define CONFIG_EXPORT 105 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml', 5:'Config.h'] + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in + * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, + * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This + * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error + * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while + * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous + * stream of errors from the sensor. + * + * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. + */ +#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 + +// +// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 + #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 + #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 + #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 + #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 + #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 + #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 + #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define BED_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 + #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000 + #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 + #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000 + #define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BOARD_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000 + #define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define REDUNDANT_BETA 3950 // Beta value + #define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient +#endif + +/** + * Thermocouple Options — for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5). + */ +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus. +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2 // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board. +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2 + +//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz. +//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION // Treat value spikes (20°C delta in under 1s) as read errors. + +//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature. +//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC 100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals. +//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439). + +//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0 0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings. +//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1 0.0f +//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2 0.0f + +/** + * Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. + * https://www.en3dstudios.com/product/bq-hephestos-2-heated-bed-kit/ + */ +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +// +// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ANY(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING, PELTIER_BED) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heated Chamber options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false + //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) + + //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) + //#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX 2 // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on. + #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #endif + #endif + + //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) + #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo + #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber + #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 + #endif +#endif + +// +// Laser Cooler options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER + #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) + #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C) + #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C) + #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay) + #define COOLER_INVERTING false + #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required. + #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc. + #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g. + #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN) + #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target + #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #endif +#endif + +// +// Motherboard Sensor options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below. + #define BOARD_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) + #define BOARD_MAXTEMP 70 // (°C) + //#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1 // Board temp sensor pin override. +#endif + +// +// SoC Sensor options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_SOC + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_SOC // Halt the printer if the SoC sensor leaves the temp range below. + #define SOC_MAXTEMP 85 // (°C) +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ALL(HAS_HOTEND, THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // (seconds) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow down the part-cooling fan if the temperature drops + #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) + //#define REPORT_ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Report fan slowing activity to the console + #if ANY(MPCTEMP, PIDTEMP) + //#define TEMP_TUNING_MAINTAIN_FAN // Don't slow down the fan speed during M303 or M306 T + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // (seconds) + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C) +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // (seconds) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds) + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C) +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. + */ +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // (seconds) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) + + /** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds) + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C) +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler. + */ +#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // (seconds) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) + + /** + * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193). + */ + #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds) + #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // (°C) +#endif + +#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER) + /** + * Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL + * Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor. + * + * This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under + * a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives. + * + * This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck", + * or if Marlin stops reading them, temperatures will remain constant while heaters may still be powered! + * This feature only monitors temperature changes so it should catch any issue, hardware or software. + * + * By default it uses the THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constants (above) for the time window, within which + * at least one temperature change must occur, to indicate that sensor polling is working. If any monitored + * heater's temperature remains totally constant (without even a fractional change) during this period, a + * thermal malfunction error occurs and the printer is halted. + * + * A very stable heater might produce a false positive and halt the printer. In this case, try increasing + * the corresponding THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constant a bit. Keep in mind that uncontrolled heating + * shouldn't be allowed to persist for more than a minute or two. + * + * Be careful to distinguish false positives from real sensor issues before disabling this feature. If the + * heater's temperature appears even slightly higher than expected after restarting, you may have a real + * thermal malfunction. Check the temperature graph in your host for any unusual bumps. + */ + //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR + #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR) + // Variance detection window to override the THERMAL_PROTECTION...PERIOD settings above. + // Keep in mind that some heaters heat up faster than others. + //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR_PERIOD 30 // (s) Override all watch periods + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif + + /** + * Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fan speeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at full speed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power-loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature Mode + * + * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. + * + * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID + * behavior using an additional kC value.) + * + * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. + * + * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F S B. + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN 210 + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX 250 + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR 0.1f + // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here + //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) + #endif +#endif + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a MINTEMP error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * MINTEMP error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a MINTEMP error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +/** + * The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check + * the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the + * hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach + * the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. + * This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) + */ +//#define PREHEAT_TIME_HOTEND_MS 0 +//#define PREHEAT_TIME_BED_MS 0 + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder runout prevention. + * If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP + * then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. + */ +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +/** + * Hotend Idle Timeout + * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. + */ +//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) + #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout + #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +// @section fans + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns + * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for second controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors + + // Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature + + // Use TEMP_SENSOR_SOC as a trigger for enabling the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_SOC_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the SoC reaches this temperature + + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_BED_HEATING // Turn on the fan when heating the bed + + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Fan Kickstart + * When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that + * gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed. + * (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.) + */ +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180 // 64-255 +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_LINEAR // Set kickstart time linearly based on the speed, e.g., for 20% (51) it will be FAN_KICKSTART_TIME * 0.2. + // Useful for quick speed up to low speed. Kickstart power must be set to 255. + +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 //ORIGINAL: //#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +/** + * Fan Fast PWM + * + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally + * to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * + * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY + * Set this to your desired frequency. + * For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers. + * For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz. + * This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration + * and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board. + * + * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware. + * + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: + * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] + * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of + * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + */ +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 // Define here to override the defaults below + //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP + #ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY + #ifdef __AVR__ + #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1)) + #else + #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Assign more PWM fans for part cooling, synchronized with Fan 0 + */ +//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 1 // Index of the first fan to synchronize with Fan 0 +#ifdef REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN + //#define NUM_REDUNDANT_FANS 1 // Number of sequential fans to synchronize with Fan 0 +#endif + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 +#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18 +#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 + +/** + * Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers + * + * Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed + * monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123. + * + * NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM. + */ +//#define FOURWIRES_FANS // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed +//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * @section caselight + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light + #endif + #if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light + #endif + #if ANY(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED) + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +// @section endstops + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +// @section idex + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * + * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: + * + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel + * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so + * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with + * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. + * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates + * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. + * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. + // NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS. + // This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild. + // Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + + // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. + //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#endif + +// @section multi stepper + +/** + * Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop + * + * When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem. + * The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups. + * Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X Y Z' and stored to EEPROM. + * + * - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X. + * + * - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset. + * + * - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'. + * + * - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop. + * Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'. + * Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error. + * Also set with 'M666 X' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'. + * + * - Define the extra endstop pins here to override defaults. No auto-assignment. + */ +#if HAS_X2_STEPPER && DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + //#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_Y2_STEPPER + //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + //#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop + #endif +#endif + +// +// Multi-Z steppers +// +#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE + //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z + + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + //#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop + #endif + #ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE + //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + //#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop + #endif + #endif + #ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE + //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + //#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers +//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR // E direction signals are opposites +#endif + +// @section extruder + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +/** + * Homing Procedure + * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish + * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. + */ + +//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing + +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) + +//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing +//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa + +#define QUICK_HOME //ORIGINAL: //#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X +//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe). +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first + +// @section bltouch + +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + /** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES + * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand + * advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the + * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often + * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" + * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + + // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. + // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + + /** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + + // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful + // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + + /** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + + /** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode + * differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + + // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. + //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU + + /** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 + * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) + * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + + /** + * Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. + * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians + * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM. + * + * Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true + + #ifdef BLTOUCH_HS_MODE + // The probe Z offset (M851 Z) is the height at which the probe triggers. + // This must be large enough to keep the probe pin off the bed and prevent + // it from snagging on the bed clips. + #define BLTOUCH_HS_EXTRA_CLEARANCE 7 // Extra Z Clearance + #endif + +#endif // BLTOUCH + +// @section calibration + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + /** + * Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + * These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset! + * If not defined, probe limits will be used. + * Override with 'M422 S X Y'. + */ + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + /** + * Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + * Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers. + * + * Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw + * positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper + * driver order. + */ + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif + + // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +#endif + +/** + * Assisted Tramming + * + * Add the G35 command to measure bed corners and help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. + */ +//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) + + // Define from 3 to 9 points to probe. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } + + // Define position names for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" + + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment + + /** + * Screw Thread. Use one of the following defines: + * + * M3_CW = M3 Clockwise, M3_CCW = M3 Counter-Clockwise + * M4_CW = M4 Clockwise, M4_CCW = M4 Counter-Clockwise + * M5_CW = M5 Clockwise, M5_CCW = M5 Counter-Clockwise + * + * :{'M3_CW':'M3 Clockwise','M3_CCW':'M3 Counter-Clockwise','M4_CW':'M4 Clockwise','M4_CCW':'M4 Counter-Clockwise','M5_CW':'M5 Clockwise','M5_CCW':'M5 Counter-Clockwise'} + */ + #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD M3_CW + +#endif + +// @section motion control + +/** + * Fixed-time-based Motion Control -- BETA FEATURE + * Enable/disable and set parameters with G-code M493. + * See ft_types.h for named values used by FTM options. + */ +//#define FT_MOTION +#if ENABLED(FT_MOTION) + //#define FTM_IS_DEFAULT_MOTION // Use FT Motion as the factory default? + #define FTM_DEFAULT_DYNFREQ_MODE dynFreqMode_DISABLED // Default mode of dynamic frequency calculation. (DISABLED, Z_BASED, MASS_BASED) + #define FTM_DEFAULT_SHAPER_X ftMotionShaper_NONE // Default shaper mode on X axis (NONE, ZV, ZVD, ZVDD, ZVDDD, EI, 2HEI, 3HEI, MZV) + #define FTM_DEFAULT_SHAPER_Y ftMotionShaper_NONE // Default shaper mode on Y axis + #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_FREQ_X 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers + #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_FREQ_Y 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers + #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_ENA false // Default linear advance enable (true) or disable (false) + #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_K 0.0f // Default linear advance gain. (Acceleration-based scaling factor.) + #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers for X axis + #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers for Y axis + + #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_X 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for X axis + #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_Y 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for Y axis + + //#define FT_MOTION_MENU // Provide a MarlinUI menu to set M493 parameters + + /** + * Advanced configuration + */ + #define FTM_UNIFIED_BWS // DON'T DISABLE unless you use Ulendo FBS (not implemented) + #if ENABLED(FTM_UNIFIED_BWS) + #define FTM_BW_SIZE 100 // Unified Window and Batch size with a ratio of 2 + #else + #define FTM_WINDOW_SIZE 200 // Custom Window size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS + #define FTM_BATCH_SIZE 100 // Custom Batch size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS + #endif + + #define FTM_FS 1000 // (Hz) Frequency for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_TS) + #define FTM_TS 0.001f // (s) Time step for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_FS) + + #if DISABLED(COREXY) + #define FTM_STEPPER_FS 20000 // (Hz) Frequency for stepper I/O update + + // Use this to adjust the time required to consume the command buffer. + // Try increasing this value if stepper motion is choppy. + #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 3000 // Size of the stepper command buffers + + #else + // CoreXY motion needs a larger buffer size. These values are based on our testing. + #define FTM_STEPPER_FS 30000 + #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 6000 + #endif + + #define FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME (FTM_STEPPER_FS / FTM_FS) // Interpolated stepper commands per unit time + #define FTM_CTS_COMPARE_VAL (FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME / 2) // Comparison value used in interpolation algorithm + #define FTM_MIN_TICKS ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / (FTM_STEPPER_FS)) // Minimum stepper ticks between steps + + #define FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ 10 // Minimum shaping frequency + #define FTM_RATIO (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) // Factor for use in FTM_ZMAX. DON'T CHANGE. + #define FTM_ZMAX (FTM_RATIO * 2) // Maximum delays for shaping functions (even numbers only!) + // Calculate as: + // ZV : FTM_RATIO / 2 + // ZVD, MZV : FTM_RATIO + // 2HEI : FTM_RATIO * 3 / 2 + // 3HEI : FTM_RATIO * 2 +#endif + +/** + * Input Shaping + * + * Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements. + * + * This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is + * calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XYZ], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT, + * DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can + * be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE. + * The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer. + * If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced + * effectiveness during high speed movements. + * + * Tune with M593 D F + */ +//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X +//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y +//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Z +#if ANY(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y, INPUT_SHAPING_Z) + #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X) + #define SHAPING_FREQ_X 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis. + #define SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.15 // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping). + #endif + #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y) + #define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis. + #define SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.15 // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping). + #endif + #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Z) + #define SHAPING_FREQ_Z 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Z axis. + #define SHAPING_ZETA_Z 0.15 // Damping ratio of the Z axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping). + #endif + //#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ 20.0 // (Hz) By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage. + //#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000 // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage. + //#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters. +#endif + +// @section motion + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } + +// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles +//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION + +// By default stepper drivers require an active-HIGH signal but some high-power drivers require an active-LOW signal to step. +#define STEP_STATE_X HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_Y HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_Z HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_I HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_J HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_K HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_U HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_V HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_W HIGH +#define STEP_STATE_E HIGH + +/** + * Idle Stepper Shutdown + * Enable DISABLE_IDLE_* to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. + * The default timeout duration can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + */ +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_TIMEOUT_SEC 120 +#define DISABLE_IDLE_X +#define DISABLE_IDLE_Y +#define DISABLE_IDLE_Z // Disable if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +//#define DISABLE_IDLE_I +//#define DISABLE_IDLE_J +//#define DISABLE_IDLE_K +//#define DISABLE_IDLE_U +//#define DISABLE_IDLE_V +//#define DISABLE_IDLE_W +#define DISABLE_IDLE_E // Shut down all idle extruders + +// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. + +// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. + +// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. +// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. +#define SLOWDOWN +#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 +#endif + +/** + * XY Frequency limit + * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. + * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html + * Use M201 F S to change limits at runtime. + */ +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F. +#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT + #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (%) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 S. +#endif + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) One value for each linear axis + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics + //#define CORE_BACKLASH + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes flash). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screw head or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define the pin to read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Multi-stepping sends steps in bursts to reduce MCU usage for high step-rates. + * This allows higher feedrates than the MCU could otherwise support. + */ +#define MULTISTEPPING_LIMIT 16 //: [1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128] + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING //ORIGINAL: //#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +/** + * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) + */ +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +#if ANY(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 + + // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. + // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + + //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) + + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines + #if IS_ULTIPANEL + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen + //#define ULTIPANEL_FLOWPERCENT // Encoder sets the flow percentage on the Status Screen + #endif +#endif + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +/** + * Probe Offset Wizard + * Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu. + * Use this helper to get a perfect 'M851 Z' probe offset. + * When launched this powerful wizard: + * - Measures the bed height at the configured position with the probe. + * - Moves the nozzle to the same position for a "paper" measurement. + * - The difference is used to set the probe Z offset. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI) + #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD //ORIGINAL: //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD + #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) + /** + * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + */ + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + + // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + + // Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu. + #define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU + + // Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist. + //#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION + #if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION) + /** + * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + */ + #define XATC_START_Z 0.0 + #define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3 // Number of points to probe in the wizard + #define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER // (mm) Y position to probe + #define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 } // Z offsets for X axis sample points + #endif + + #endif + + // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu + //#define LCD_INFO_MENU + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages + #endif + + /** + * MarlinUI "Move Axis" menu distances. Comma-separated list. + * Values are displayed as-defined, so always use plain numbers here. + * Axis moves <= 1/2 the axis length and Extruder moves <= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH + * will be shown in the move submenus. + */ + + #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm) + //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm) + //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 500, 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm) + + // Manual move distances for INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in) + //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in) + //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 5.000, 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in) + + // Manual move distances for rotational axes + #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_DEG 90, 45, 22.5, 5, 1 // (°) + + // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top + //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + // BACK menu items show "Back" instead of the previous menu name + //#define GENERIC_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access + //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM + + // Add Configuration > Debug Menu > Endstop Test for endstop/probe/runout testing + //#define LCD_ENDSTOP_TEST + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU + +#if HAS_DISPLAY + /** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + #define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) + #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) + #endif + #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash. + #endif + #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780) + //#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. + #endif + #endif + + #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + //#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. + #endif + + //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu + #define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state + + #if HAS_WIRED_LCD + //#define DOUBLE_LCD_FRAMERATE // Not recommended for slow boards. + #endif + + // The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus + //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 // (ms) + + // Scroll a longer status message into view + //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + + // Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages + //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 30 // (seconds) + + // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible + //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + + // Show the E position (filament used) during printing + //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL + + // Display a negative temperature instead of "err" + //#define SHOW_TEMPERATURE_BELOW_ZERO + + /** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ + //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU + #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif + #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_DISPLAY + +#if HAS_FEEDRATE_EDIT + #define SPEED_EDIT_MIN 10 // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range minimum + #define SPEED_EDIT_MAX 999 // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range maximum +#endif +#if HAS_FLOW_EDIT + #define FLOW_EDIT_MIN 10 // (%) Flow percentage edit range minimum + #define FLOW_EDIT_MAX 999 // (%) Flow percentage edit range maximum +#endif + +// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate +//#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY +#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + #define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done + #define SET_REMAINING_TIME // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time + //#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction + //#define M73_REPORT // Report M73 values to host + #if ALL(M73_REPORT, HAS_MEDIA) + #define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY // Report only when printing from SD + #endif +#endif + +// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn. +#if HAS_DISPLAY && ANY(HAS_MEDIA, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + #define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar) + #define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E') + #define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME //ORIGINAL: //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R') + #if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME) + #define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change) + #endif + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this + + #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_MEDIA + /** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ + //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED + + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + + //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up + //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + + //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping + + #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + + //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files + + //#define ONE_CLICK_PRINT // Prompt to print the newest file on inserted media + //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted + + //#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu + + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY\nG0 F150 Y300" //ORIGINAL: #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + + #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) + #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination + #endif + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY //ORIGINAL: //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define PLR_BED_THRESHOLD BED_MAXTEMP // (°C) Skip user confirmation at or above this bed temperature (0 to disable) + + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power-loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module, or comment to use board default. + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power-loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN + + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power-loss with UPS) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume + + // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, + // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. + #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power-loss + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail + #endif + + // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME) + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA //ORIGINAL: //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order. + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1> + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM true //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the + // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. + //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + + //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 ' and list long filenames with 'M20 L' + //#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol + //#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands + + #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES //ORIGINAL: //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + + //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) + + /** + * Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu. + * Endstops must be activated for this option to work. + */ + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT + #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT) + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE "G28XY" // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + #endif + + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file + + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S' + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + /** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ + //#define USE_UHS2_USB + //#define USE_UHS3_USB + + #define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform + + /** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ + //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + + #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + /** + * Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space. + * Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data. + * Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'. + * See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'. + */ + //#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + + #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER) + // Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + //#define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD + #endif + + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + + // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) + //#define NO_SD_DETECT + + /** + * Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL. + * Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive. + */ + //#define MULTI_VOLUME + #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME) + #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD + #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE + #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD + #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE + #endif + +#endif // HAS_MEDIA + +/** + * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- + * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. + */ +#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE //ORIGINAL: //#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen + //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920 + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customization + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active + //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling + //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + + // Only one STATUS_HEAT_* option can be enabled + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + //#define STATUS_HEAT_POWER // Show heater output power as a vertical bar + + // Frivolous Game Options + //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + //#define MARLIN_INVADERS + //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay +#endif + +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS, HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS) + //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS + #else + #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + + #elif DGUS_UI_IS(E3S1PRO) + /** + * The stock Ender-3 S1 Pro/Plus display firmware has rather poor SD file handling. + * + * The autoscroll is mainly useful for status messages, filenames, and the "About" page. + * + * NOTE: The Advanced SD Card option is affected by the stock touchscreen firmware, so + * pages 5 and up will display "4/4". This may get fixed in a screen firmware update. + */ + #define DGUS_SOFTWARE_AUTOSCROLL // Enable long text software auto-scroll + #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_START_CYCLES 1 // Refresh cycles without scrolling at the beginning of text strings + #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_END_CYCLES 1 // ... at the end of text strings + + #define DGUS_ADVANCED_SDCARD // Allow more than 20 files and navigating directories + #define DGUS_USERCONFIRM // Reuse the SD Card page to show various messages + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays +// +#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + // By default the type of panel is automatically detected. + // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type. + //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD + //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW + + // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune + //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE + + /** + * Display Folders + * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list. + * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser. + * + * NOTES: + * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders. + * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names. + * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders. + */ + #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW +#endif + +// +// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. +// +#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI, ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER) + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it + #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change + #endif +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + // Display board used + //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) + //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI // LulzBot Color LCD UI + //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815 + //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813 + + // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. + //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 + //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 + //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + + // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector + //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping + //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping + //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below + #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 + #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + + // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO + //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI + #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 + #endif + #endif + + // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display + // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support + // portrait and mirrored orientations. + //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED + //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + + // UTF8 processing and rendering. + // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. + //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) + // Western accents support. These accented characters use + // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. + #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + // Additional character groups. These characters require + // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ + #endif + + // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET + #endif + + // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons + #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + + // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. + // (recommended for smaller displays) + //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + + // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +#endif + +// +// Classic UI Options +// +#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD + //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White + //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black + //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black + //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red + //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow + //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +#endif + +/** + * Display Sleep + * Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in. + */ +//#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen + +/** + * LCD Backlight Timeout + * Requires a display with a controllable backlight + */ +//#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 1 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight + +#if defined(DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES) || defined(LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS) + #define EDITABLE_DISPLAY_TIMEOUT // Edit sleep / backlight timeout with M255 S and a menu item +#endif + +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs + * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. + * + * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, + * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. + * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while + * interrupts are enabled. + */ +#define USE_WATCHDOG +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING //ORIGINAL: //#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support + #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING //ORIGINAL: //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE //ORIGINAL: //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement) + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + //#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z // Enable if Z babysteps should go the other way + //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 + + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + //#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping + + #if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z) + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + #endif + //#define BABYSTEP_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) + #define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder + #else + #define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders + #endif + //#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L. + //#define LA_DEBUG // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use. + //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2S_LA // Allow I2S_STEPPER_STREAM to be used with LA. Performance degrades as the LA step rate reaches ~20kHz. +#endif + +/** + * Nonlinear Extrusion Control + * + * Control extrusion rate based on instantaneous extruder velocity. Can be used to correct for + * underextrusion at high extruder speeds that are otherwise well-behaved (i.e., not skipping). + * For better results also enable ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. + */ +//#define NONLINEAR_EXTRUSION + +// @section leveling + +/** + * Use Safe Bed Leveling coordinates to move axes to a useful position before bed probing. + * For example, after homing a rotational axis the Z probe might not be perpendicular to the bed. + * Choose values the orient the bed horizontally and the Z-probe vertically. + */ +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_X 0.0 +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Y 0.0 +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Z 0.0 +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_I 0.0 +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_J 0.0 +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_K 0.0 +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_U 0.0 +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_V 0.0 +//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_W 0.0 + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS + //#define PROBE_PT_1 { 15, 180 } // (mm) { x, y } + //#define PROBE_PT_2 { 15, 20 } + //#define PROBE_PT_3 { 170, 20 } +#endif + +/** + * Probing Margins + * + * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate + * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or + * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * + * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, + * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) + * + * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however + * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the + * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing + * the probe to be unable to reach any points. + */ +#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC + //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN + //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN + //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN + //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +#endif + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +#if ALL(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +// @section probes + +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * + * Adjust probe measurements to compensate for distortion associated with the temperature + * of the probe, bed, and/or hotend. + * Use G76 to automatically calibrate this feature for probe and bed temperatures. + * (Extruder temperature/offset values must be calibrated manually.) + * Use M871 to set temperature/offset values manually. + * For more details see https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/probe_temp_compensation.html + */ +//#define PTC_PROBE // Compensate based on probe temperature +//#define PTC_BED // Compensate based on bed temperature +//#define PTC_HOTEND // Compensate based on hotend temperature + +#if ANY(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED, PTC_HOTEND) + /** + * If the probe is outside the defined range, use linear extrapolation with the closest + * point and the point with index PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION. e.g., If set to 4 it will use the + * linear extrapolation between data[0] and data[4] for values below PTC_PROBE_START. + */ + //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 + + #if ENABLED(PTC_PROBE) + // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_PROBE_START + // (e.g., 30), in steps of PTC_PROBE_RES (e.g., 5) with PTC_PROBE_COUNT (e.g., 10) samples. + #define PTC_PROBE_START 30 // (°C) + #define PTC_PROBE_RES 5 // (°C) + #define PTC_PROBE_COUNT 10 + #define PTC_PROBE_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PTC_BED) + // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + #define PTC_BED_START 60 // (°C) + #define PTC_BED_RES 5 // (°C) + #define PTC_BED_COUNT 10 + #define PTC_BED_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PTC_HOTEND) + // Note: There is no automatic calibration for the hotend. Use M871. + #define PTC_HOTEND_START 180 // (°C) + #define PTC_HOTEND_RES 5 // (°C) + #define PTC_HOTEND_COUNT 20 + #define PTC_HOTEND_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample + #endif + + // G76 options + #if ALL(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED) + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + //#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 12.0f, 7.3f } // Example: MK52 magnetic heatbed + #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } + + // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during + // bed temperature calibration. + #define PTC_PROBE_TEMP 30 // (°C) + + // Height above Z=0.0 to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. + // Note: The Z=0.0 offset is determined by the probe Z offset (e.g., as set with M851 Z). + #define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5 // (mm) + #endif +#endif // PTC_PROBE || PTC_BED || PTC_HOTEND + +// @section extras + +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Requires ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 0.1 // (mm) Minimum length of each arc segment + #define MAX_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 1.0 // (mm) Maximum length of each arc segment + #define MIN_CIRCLE_SEGMENTS 72 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use the feedrate to choose the segment length + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure +#endif + +// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes + +#if ANY(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT) + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes +#endif + +/** + * Direct Stepping + * + * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly + * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in + * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. + * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon + */ +//#define DIRECT_STEPPING + +/** + * G38 Probe Target + * + * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) + * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). + * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. + */ +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. +#endif + +// @section motion + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in ns) + * If undefined, these defaults (from Conditionals-4-adv.h) apply: + * 100 : Minimum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 + * 1000 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers + * 2000 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3000 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30000 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE_NS 2000 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, these defaults (from Conditionals-4-adv.h) apply: + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section gcode + +// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. +#if ALL(HAS_MEDIA, DIRECT_STEPPING) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#elif HAS_MEDIA + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of flash (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +#if HAS_MEDIA + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +// Monitor RX buffer usage +// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows. +// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value. +// Not supported on all platforms. +//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR + +/** + * Emergency Command Parser + * + * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they + * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. + * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 + * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. + */ +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +/** + * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER) + * + * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl). + * - Auto-report position during long moves. + * - Useful for CNC/LASER. + * + * Adds support for commands: + * S000 : Report State and Position while moving. + * P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving. + * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold. + * + * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual. + * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports. + */ +//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS) + //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC +#endif + +/** + * Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' + * Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. + * Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. + * This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. + */ +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // (ms) + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point +//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 + +/** + * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL so use with caution and test thoroughly. + * Enable this option to receive data on the serial ports via the onboard DMA + * controller for more stable and reliable high-speed serial communication. + * Support is currently limited to some STM32 MCUs and all HC32 MCUs. + * Note: This has no effect on emulated USB serial ports. + */ +//#define SERIAL_DMA + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like 'G29 O' Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +// @section gcode + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +// @section tool change + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change + #endif + + /** + * Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional + * stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer. + */ + //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0 + //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1 + //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution! + + /** + * Consider coordinates for EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_Tx as relative to T0 + * so that moves in the specified axes are the same for all tools. + */ + //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_X // Use X position relative to Tool 0 + //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Y // Use Y position relative to Tool 0 + //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Z // Use Z position relative to Tool 0 + + /** + * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped. + * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc. + */ + //#define TOOL_SENSOR + + /** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + // Load / Unload + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B. + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + + // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + + // Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME + + /** + * Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer: + * [ Power-On -> T0 { Activate & Prime T0 } -> T1 { Retract T0, Activate & Prime T1 } ] + * If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder: + * [ Power-On -> T0 { T0 Activated } -> T1 { Activate & Prime T1 } -> T0 { Retract T1, Activate & Prime T0 } ] + * Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + + /** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ + #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE) + // Override toolchange settings + // By default tool migration uses regular toolchange settings. + // With a prime tower, tool-change swapping/priming occur inside the bed. + // When migrating to a new unprimed tool you can set override values below. + //#define MIGRATION_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) + + // Longer prime to clean out + //#define MIGRATION_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + //#define MIGRATION_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_TIME 0 // (seconds) + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_DO_PARK // Force park (or no-park) on migration + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + +// @section advanced pause + +/** + * Advanced Pause for Filament Change + * - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change. + * - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + * + * Requirements: + * - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER. + * + * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park. + */ +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE //ORIGINAL: //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again. + //#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) + #define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash. +#endif + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * Trinamic Smart Drivers + * + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode: + * - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board. + * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation. + * - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. + * (See the RAMPS pins, for example.) + * - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI. + * + * To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART: + * - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor. + * For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor. + * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation. + * - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial. + * + * The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * @section tmc/config + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + + /** + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with _INTERPOLATE settings below + */ + #define INTERPOLATE true + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for homing. (Typically lower than *_CURRENT.) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... + //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis + //#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT X_CURRENT + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT_HOME + #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS + #define X2_RSENSE X_RSENSE + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true + //#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT Y_CURRENT + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT_HOME + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS + #define Y2_RSENSE Y_RSENSE + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT Z_CURRENT + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z2_RSENSE Z_RSENSE + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT Z_CURRENT + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z3_RSENSE Z_RSENSE + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT Z_CURRENT + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z4_RSENSE Z_RSENSE + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I) + #define I_CURRENT 800 + #define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT + #define I_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define I_RSENSE 0.11 + #define I_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define I_INTERPOLATE true + //#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J) + #define J_CURRENT 800 + #define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT + #define J_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define J_RSENSE 0.11 + #define J_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define J_INTERPOLATE true + //#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K) + #define K_CURRENT 800 + #define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT + #define K_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define K_RSENSE 0.11 + #define K_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define K_INTERPOLATE true + //#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U) + #define U_CURRENT 800 + #define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT + #define U_MICROSTEPS 8 + #define U_RSENSE 0.11 + #define U_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define U_INTERPOLATE true + //#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V) + #define V_CURRENT 800 + #define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT + #define V_MICROSTEPS 8 + #define V_RSENSE 0.11 + #define V_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define V_INTERPOLATE true + //#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W) + #define W_CURRENT 800 + #define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT + #define W_MICROSTEPS 8 + #define W_RSENSE 0.11 + #define W_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define W_INTERPOLATE true + //#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT E0_CURRENT + #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E1_RSENSE E0_RSENSE + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT E0_CURRENT + #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E2_RSENSE E0_RSENSE + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT E0_CURRENT + #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E3_RSENSE E0_RSENSE + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT E0_CURRENT + #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E4_RSENSE E0_RSENSE + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT E0_CURRENT + #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E5_RSENSE E0_RSENSE + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT E0_CURRENT + #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E6_RSENSE E0_RSENSE + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT E0_CURRENT + #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E7_RSENSE E0_RSENSE + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + /** + * Use the homing current for all probing. (e.g., Current may be reduced to the + * point where a collision makes the motor skip instead of damaging the bed, + * though this is unlikely to save delicate probes from being damaged. + */ + //#define PROBING_USE_CURRENT_HOME + + // @section tmc/spi + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define I_CS_PIN -1 + //#define J_CS_PIN -1 + //#define K_CS_PIN -1 + //#define U_CS_PIN -1 + //#define V_CS_PIN -1 + //#define W_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SPI_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SPI_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SPI_SCK -1 + + // @section tmc/serial + + /** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. + * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + // @section tmc/smart + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + // @section tmc/stealthchop + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_I + #define STEALTHCHOP_J + #define STEALTHCHOP_K + #define STEALTHCHOP_U + #define STEALTHCHOP_V + #define STEALTHCHOP_W + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + #endif + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I CHOPPER_TIMING // For I Axis + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J CHOPPER_TIMING // For J Axis + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K CHOPPER_TIMING // For K Axis + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U CHOPPER_TIMING // For U Axis + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V CHOPPER_TIMING // For V Axis + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W CHOPPER_TIMING // For W Axis + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + + // @section tmc/status + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + // @section tmc/hybrid + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s] + #define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s] + #define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s] + #define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [mm/s] + #define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. + * @section tmc/stallguard + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only + + #if ANY(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130/TMC5160 only + //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + #endif + + // @section tmc/config + + /** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ + //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + + /** + * Step on both rising and falling edge signals (as with a square wave). + */ + #define EDGE_STEPPING + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL but may be useful for custom I2C peripherals. + * Enable this to send and receive I2C data from slave devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif + +// @section photo + +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // https://web.archive.org/web/20200920094805/captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif +#endif + +// @section cnc + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPID is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE +//#define LASER_FEATURE +#if ANY(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC) + // ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then <=78125Hz. For I2S expander + // the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ... + // (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value. + #endif + + //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11 + #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION) + #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH + //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin + #endif + + //#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9 + #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST) + #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin + //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin + #endif + + //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power + #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle + #endif + + /** + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) + */ + #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 + + /** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + */ + //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + #endif + + #else + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + #endif + + // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * Laser Safety Timeout + * + * The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time. + * Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this + * value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and + * the material could ignite. + */ + #define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS 1000 // (ms) + + /** + * Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode. + * + * e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner. + * Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR. + * + * 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value. + * + * Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power. + * Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000 + * Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256. + * The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 . + * More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases. + * + * M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on. + */ + + /** + * Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing. + * This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in + * CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting + * for a planner synchronization + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_SYNC + + /** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_TRAP + + // + // Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module) + // + //#define I2C_AMMETER + #if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER) + #define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX 0.1 // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range + #define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR 0.1 // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value + #endif + + // + // Laser Coolant Flow Meter + // + //#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER + #if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER) + #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21) + #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin + #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds + #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below + #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY) + #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled + #endif + #endif + + #endif +#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE + +/** + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing + * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan + * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser + * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + +/** + * Coolant Control + * + * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. + * + * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. + */ +//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) + #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present + #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present + #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#endif + +// @section filament width + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +// @section power + +/** + * Power Monitor + * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) + * + * Read and configure with M430 + * + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin + * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + */ +//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage + +#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current + #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#endif + +#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection + * + * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check + * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power. + * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature. + */ +//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT + +// @section cnc + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * CNC Drilling Cycle - UNDER DEVELOPMENT + * + * Enables G81 to perform a drilling cycle. + * Currently only supports a single cycle, no G-code chaining. + */ +//#define CNC_DRILLING_CYCLE + +// @section security + +/** + * Expected Printer Check + * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. + * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. + */ +//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK + +// @section volumetrics + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + + //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT + #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) + /** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T] L' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ + #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) + #define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT_MAX 20 // (mm^3/sec) + #endif +#endif + +// @section reporting + +/** + * Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report + */ +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. + +/** + * Auto-report fan speed with M123 S + * Requires fans with tachometer pins + */ +//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS + +//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES +#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT + //#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the "R" sensor in the auto-report +#endif + +/** + * Auto-report position with M154 S + */ +//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION +#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_POSITION) + //#define AUTO_REPORT_REAL_POSITION // Auto-report the real position +#endif + +/** + * M115 - Report capabilites. Disable to save ~1150 bytes of flash. + * Some hosts (and serial TFT displays) rely on this feature. + */ +#define CAPABILITIES_REPORT +#if ENABLED(CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + // Include capabilities in M115 output + #define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT + #if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT + #endif +#endif + +// @section gcode + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +/** + * Variables + * + * Define a variable from 100-115 with G-code like '#101=19.6'. + * A variable can then be used in a G-code expression like 'G0 X[#101+3]'. + * See https://gcodetutor.com/cnc-macro-programming/cnc-variables.html + */ +//#define GCODE_VARIABLES + +/** + * Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) + */ +//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1 +//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2 + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + +//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW + +/** + * Enable M111 debug flags 1=ECHO, 2=INFO, 4=ERRORS (unimplemented). + * Disable to save some flash. Some hosts (Repetier Host) may rely on this feature. + */ +#define DEBUG_FLAGS_GCODE + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes + * workspace offsets to slightly optimize performance. + * G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +/** + * Disable M206 and M428 if you don't need home offsets. + */ +//#define NO_HOME_OFFSETS + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * Startup commands + * + * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. + */ +//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code. + * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent. + */ + +// @section custom main menu + +// Custom Menu: Main Menu +//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN) + //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands" + #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle + + #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info" + #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action + + #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM + + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM + + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM + + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM +#endif + +// @section custom config menu + +// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu +//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG) + //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands" + #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done" + #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle + + #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON" + #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action + + #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON" + #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM + + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM + + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM + + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM +#endif + +// @section custom buttons + +/** + * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code. + * Up to 25 may be defined. + */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS) + //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1 + #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1) + #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH. + #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing? + #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28" + #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status + #endif + + //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1 + #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2) + #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW + #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false + #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #endif + + //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1 + #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3) + #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW + #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false + #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #endif +#endif + +// @section host + +/** + * Host Action Commands + * + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. + * + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed + * + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS //ORIGINAL: //#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PAUSE_M76 // Tell the host to pause in response to M76 + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + //#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS // Send some status messages to the host as notifications + #endif + //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start + //#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down +#endif + +// @section extras + +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message +#endif + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/products/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + * @section i2c encoders + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behavior. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * Analog Joystick(s) + * @section joystick + */ +//#define JOYSTICK +#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) + #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 + #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: + #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max + #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } + #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } + //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#endif + +/** + * Mechanical Gantry Calibration + * Modern replacement for the Průša TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. + * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. + * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. + * @section calibrate + */ +//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction + + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#endif + +/** + * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality + * Potentially useful for rapid stop that allows being resumed. Halts stepper movement. + * Note this does NOT pause spindles, lasers, fans, heaters or any other auxiliary device. + * @section interface + */ +//#define FREEZE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE) + //#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here + #define FREEZE_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating freeze +#endif + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + * @section debug matrix + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed + //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 2 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 4 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix + // row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is. + // See class CodeProfiler. + //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row. + //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_SLOWDOWN 6 // Count (mod 16) how many times SLOWDOWN has reduced print speed. + //#define MAX7219_REINIT_ON_POWERUP // Re-initialize MAX7129 when power supply turns on +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will + * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. + * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands. + * @section nanodlp + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z). +#endif + +/** + * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. + * @section network + */ +#if HAS_ETHERNET + #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#endif + +/** + * Native ESP32 board with WiFi or add-on ESP32 WiFi-101 module + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi management. Not needed for simple WiFi serial port. +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +/** + * Extras for an ESP32-based motherboard with WIFISUPPORT + * These options don't apply to add-on WiFi modules based on ESP32 WiFi101. + */ +#if ANY(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) using SPIFFS + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +#endif + +// @section multi-material + +/** + * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) + * Enable in Configuration.h + * + * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive + * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 + /** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs + +#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 || HAS_PRUSA_MMU3 + // Common settings for MMU2/MMU2S/MMU3 + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2/MMU2S/MMU3. + #define MMU_SERIAL_PORT 2 + #define MMU_BAUD 115200 + + //#define MMU_RST_PIN 23 // Define this pin to use Hardware Reset for MMU2/MMU2S/MMU3 + + //#define MMU_MENUS // Add an LCD menu for MMU2/MMU2S/MMU3 + + //#define MMU_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + + // Options pertaining to MMU2 and MMU2S + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // MMU2 sequences use mm/min. Not compatible with MMU3, which use mm/sec. + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 4.4, 871 }, \ + { 10.0, 1393 }, \ + { 4.4, 871 }, \ + { 10.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + + #endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + + /** + * Options pertaining to MMU2S devices + * Requires the MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. + * See https://help.prusa3d.com/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560#42048, step 11 + */ + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S + #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + /** + * This is called after the filament runout sensor is triggered to check if + * the filament has been loaded properly by moving the filament back and + * forth to see if the filament runout sensor is going to get triggered + * again, which should not occur if the filament is properly loaded. + * + * Thus, the MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE should contain some forward and + * backward moves. The forward moves should be greater than the backward + * moves. + * + * This is useless if your filament runout sensor is way behind the gears. + * In that case use {0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE} + * + * Adjust MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE according to your setup. + */ + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + { 5.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { 15.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { -10.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + // Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move + //#define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE + + #elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU3 + + // MMU3 settings + + #define MMU3_HAS_CUTTER // Enable cutter related functionality + + #define MMU3_MAX_RETRIES 3 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + // As discussed with our PrusaSlicer profile specialist + // - ToolChange shall not try to push filament into the very tip of the nozzle + // to have some space for additional G-code to tune the extruded filament length + // in the profile + // Beware - this value is used to initialize the MMU logic layer - it will be sent to the MMU upon line up (written into its 8bit register 0x0b) + // However - in the G-code we can get a request to set the extra load distance at runtime to something else (M708 A0xb Xsomething). + // The printer intercepts such a call and sets its extra load distance to match the new value as well. + #define MMU3_FILAMENT_SENSOR_E_POSITION 0 // (mm) + #define _MMU3_LOAD_DISTANCE_PAST_GEARS 5 // (mm) + #define MMU3_TOOL_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH (MMU3_FILAMENT_SENSOR_E_POSITION + _MMU3_LOAD_DISTANCE_PAST_GEARS) // (mm) + + #define MMU3_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_FEED_RATE 20.0 // (mm/s) + + #define MMU3_VERIFY_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_FEED_RATE 50.0 // (mm/s) + #define _MMU3_VERIFY_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_TWEAK -5.0 // (mm) Amount to adjust the length for verifying load-to-nozzle + + // The first thing the MMU does is initialize its axis. + // Meanwhile the E-motor will unload 20mm of filament in about 1 second. + #define MMU3_RETRY_UNLOAD_TO_FINDA_LENGTH 80.0 // (mm) + #define MMU3_RETRY_UNLOAD_TO_FINDA_FEED_RATE 80.0 // (mm/s) + + // After loading a new filament, the printer will extrude this length of filament + // then retract to the original position. This is used to check if the filament sensor + // reading flickers or filament is jammed. + #define _MMU_EXTRUDER_PTFE_LENGTH 42.3 // (mm) + #define _MMU_EXTRUDER_HEATBREAK_LENGTH 17.7 // (mm) + #define MMU3_CHECK_FILAMENT_PRESENCE_EXTRUSION_LENGTH (MMU3_FILAMENT_SENSOR_E_POSITION + _MMU_EXTRUDER_PTFE_LENGTH + _MMU_EXTRUDER_HEATBREAK_LENGTH + _MMU3_VERIFY_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_TWEAK) // (mm) + + /** + * SpoolJoin Consumes All Filament -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * SpoolJoin normally triggers when FINDA sensor untriggers while printing. + * This is the default behaviour and it doesn't consume all the filament + * before triggering a filament change. This leaves some filament in the + * current slot and before switching to the next slot it is unloaded. + * + * Enabling this option will trigger the filament change when both FINDA + * and Filament Runout Sensor triggers during the print and it allows the + * filament in the current slot to be completely consumed before doing the + * filament change. But this can cause problems as a little bit of filament + * will be left between the extruder gears (thinking that the filament + * sensor is triggered through the gears) and the end of the PTFE tube and + * can cause filament load issues. + */ + //#define MMU3_SPOOL_JOIN_CONSUMES_ALL_FILAMENT + + // MMU3 sequences use mm/sec. Not compatible with MMU2 which use mm/min. + #define MMU3_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { _MMU_EXTRUDER_PTFE_LENGTH, MMM_TO_MMS(810) }, /* (13.5 mm/s) Fast load ahead of heatbreak */ \ + { _MMU_EXTRUDER_HEATBREAK_LENGTH, MMM_TO_MMS(198) } /* ( 3.3 mm/s) Slow load after heatbreak */ + + #define MMU3_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 0.2816, MMM_TO_MMS(1339.0) }, \ + { 0.3051, MMM_TO_MMS(1451.0) }, \ + { 0.3453, MMM_TO_MMS(1642.0) }, \ + { 0.3990, MMM_TO_MMS(1897.0) }, \ + { 0.4761, MMM_TO_MMS(2264.0) }, \ + { 0.5767, MMM_TO_MMS(2742.0) }, \ + { 0.5691, MMM_TO_MMS(3220.0) }, \ + { 0.1081, MMM_TO_MMS(3220.0) }, \ + { 0.7644, MMM_TO_MMS(3635.0) }, \ + { 0.8248, MMM_TO_MMS(3921.0) }, \ + { 0.8483, MMM_TO_MMS(4033.0) }, \ + { -15.0, MMM_TO_MMS(6000.0) }, \ + { -24.5, MMM_TO_MMS(1200.0) }, \ + { -7.0, MMM_TO_MMS( 600.0) }, \ + { -3.5, MMM_TO_MMS( 360.0) }, \ + { 20.0, MMM_TO_MMS( 454.0) }, \ + { -20.0, MMM_TO_MMS( 303.0) }, \ + { -35.0, MMM_TO_MMS(2000.0) } + + #else // MMU2 (not MMU2S) + + /** + * MMU2 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament + * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last + * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. + * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ + //#define MMU2_EXTRUDER_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(MMU2_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) + #define MMU2_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // Number of times to try loading filament before failure + #endif + + #endif + +#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 || HAS_PRUSA_MMU3 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + * @section stats + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M42 - Set pin states +// +//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report +//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE + +#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) + /** + * D576 - Buffer Monitoring + * To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers. + */ + //#define BUFFER_MONITORING +#endif + +/** + * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial. + * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand + * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash. + */ +//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING + +/** + * Software Reset options + */ +//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller +//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL + +// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR. +//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON + +// Shrink the build for smaller boards by sacrificing some serial feedback +//#define MARLIN_SMALL_BUILD diff --git a/last_nightly.json b/last_nightly.json index 8a4309d..a107506 100644 --- a/last_nightly.json +++ b/last_nightly.json @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ { "builds/default.js": { - "version": "5d591fd91d95562bfe7e2886de34a7e6e3e28e11", + "version": "d21e1d4dc8611afeb4e7a6e5325f49e2b8edb49d", "md5": "270909a8527b2c9e68db95d4b9c18053", - "assetId": 212001131 + "assetId": 212255549 } } \ No newline at end of file